SemaDecl.cpp revision 27766d2501259c7b12b1056e0c491a927b304e10
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 514 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 515 516 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Result.empty()? 0 : *Result.begin(); 517 518 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 519 FirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 520 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 521 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 522 } else if (FirstDecl && 523 (isa<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl) || 524 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl) || 525 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))) { 526 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 527 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 528 } 529 530 if (SS.isEmpty()) 531 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 532 << Name << Corrected 533 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 534 else 535 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 536 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 537 << SS.getRange() 538 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 539 540 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 541 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 542 543 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 544 if (Result.empty()) 545 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 546 547 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 548 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 549 550 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 551 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 552 // reference the ivar. 553 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 554 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 555 Result.clear(); 556 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 557 return move(E); 558 } 559 560 goto Corrected; 561 } 562 } 563 564 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 565 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 566 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 567 568 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 569 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 570 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 571 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 572 573 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 574 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 575 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 576 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 577 // qualified by the keyword typename. 578 // 579 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 580 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 581 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 582 // keyword here. 583 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 584 585 case LookupResult::Found: 586 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 587 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 588 break; 589 590 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 591 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 592 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 593 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 594 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 595 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 596 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 597 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 598 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 599 // ambiguous. 600 // 601 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 602 // so try again after filtering out template names. 603 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 604 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 605 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 606 break; 607 } 608 } 609 610 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 611 return NameClassification::Error(); 612 } 613 614 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 615 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 616 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 617 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 618 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 619 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 620 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 621 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 622 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 623 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 624 625 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 626 TemplateName Template; 627 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 628 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 629 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 630 Result.end()); 631 } else { 632 TemplateDecl *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(Result.getFoundDecl()); 633 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 634 635 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 636 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 637 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 638 TD); 639 else 640 Template = TemplateName(TD); 641 } 642 643 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 644 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 645 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 646 // to based on which function we selected. 647 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 648 649 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 650 } 651 652 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 653 } 654 655 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = *Result.begin(); 656 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 657 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 658 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 659 return ParsedType::make(T); 660 } 661 662 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 663 if (!Class) { 664 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 665 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 666 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 667 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 668 } 669 670 if (Class) { 671 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 672 673 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 674 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 675 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 676 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 677 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 678 } 679 680 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 681 return ParsedType::make(T); 682 } 683 684 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 685 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 686} 687 688// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 689// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 690// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 691DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 692 693 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 694 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 695 // the context we'll need to return to. 696 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 697 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 698 699 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 700 // lexical context. 701 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 702 return DC; 703 704 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 705 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 706 // class is the context we need to return to. 707 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 708 DC = RD; 709 710 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 711 // declared in. 712 return DC; 713 } 714 715 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 716 // of the class. 717 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 718 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 719 720 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 721} 722 723void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 724 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 725 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 726 CurContext = DC; 727 S->setEntity(DC); 728} 729 730void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 731 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 732 733 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 734 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 735} 736 737/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 738/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 739/// 740void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 741 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 742 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 743 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 744 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 745 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 746 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 747 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 748 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 749 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 750 // namespace. 751 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 752 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 753 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 754 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 755 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 756 757 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 758 759#ifndef NDEBUG 760 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 761 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 762 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 763#endif 764 765 CurContext = DC; 766 S->setEntity(DC); 767} 768 769void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 770 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 771 772 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 773 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 774 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 775 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 776 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 777 778 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 779 // disappear. 780} 781 782/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 783/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 784/// 785/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 786/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 787/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 788/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 789/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 790/// attribute. 791static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 792 ASTContext &Context) { 793 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 794 return true; 795 796 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 797 return true; 798 799 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 800 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 801} 802 803/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 804void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 805 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 806 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 807 // scope. 808 while (S->getEntity() && 809 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 810 S = S->getParent(); 811 812 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 813 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 814 // into any context. 815 if (AddToContext) 816 CurContext->addDecl(D); 817 818 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 819 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 820 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 821 D->isOutOfLine()) 822 return; 823 824 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 825 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 826 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 827 return; 828 829 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 830 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 831 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 832 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 833 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 834 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 835 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 836 837 // Should only need to replace one decl. 838 break; 839 } 840 } 841 842 S->AddDecl(D); 843 844 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 845 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 846 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 847 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 848 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 849 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 850 if (IDC == CurContext) { 851 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 852 continue; 853 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 854 break; 855 } 856 857 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 858 } else { 859 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 860 } 861} 862 863bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 864 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 865 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 866 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 867} 868 869Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 870 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 871 do { 872 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 873 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 874 return S; 875 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 876 877 return 0; 878} 879 880static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 881 DeclContext*, 882 ASTContext&); 883 884/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 885/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 886static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 887 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 888 bool ConsiderLinkage, 889 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 890 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 891 while (F.hasNext()) { 892 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 893 894 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 895 continue; 896 897 if (ConsiderLinkage && 898 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 899 continue; 900 901 F.erase(); 902 } 903 904 F.done(); 905} 906 907static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 908 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 909 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 910 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 911} 912 913/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 914static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 915 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 916 while (F.hasNext()) 917 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 918 F.erase(); 919 920 F.done(); 921} 922 923/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 924/// @code 925/// class S { 926/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 927/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 928/// }; 929/// @endcode 930static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 931 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 932 // the decl here. 933 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 934 return false; 935 936 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 937 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 938 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 939 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 940 return false; 941} 942 943bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 944 assert(D); 945 946 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 947 return false; 948 949 // Ignore class templates. 950 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 951 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 952 return false; 953 954 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 955 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 956 return false; 957 958 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 959 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 960 return false; 961 } else { 962 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 963 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 964 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 965 return false; 966 } 967 968 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 969 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 970 return false; 971 972 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 973 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 974 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 975 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 976 return false; 977 978 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 979 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 980 return false; 981 982 } else { 983 return false; 984 } 985 986 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 987 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 988 return false; 989 990 return true; 991} 992 993void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 994 if (!D) 995 return; 996 997 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 998 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 999 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1000 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1001 } 1002 1003 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1004 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1005 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1006 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1007 } 1008 1009 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1010 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1011 } 1012 1013static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1014 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1015 return false; 1016 1017 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1018 return false; 1019 1020 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1024 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1025 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1026 return false; 1027 1028 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1029 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1030 1031 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1032 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1033 1034 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1035 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1036 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1037 return false; 1038 } 1039 1040 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1041 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1042 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1043 return false; 1044 1045 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1046 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1047 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1048 return false; 1049 1050 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1051 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1052 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1053 // has no side effects. 1054 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1055 return false; 1056 } 1057 } 1058 1059 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1060 } 1061 1062 return true; 1063} 1064 1065/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1066/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1067void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1068 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1069 return; 1070 1071 unsigned DiagID; 1072 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1073 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1074 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1075 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1076 else 1077 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1078 1079 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1080} 1081 1082static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1083 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1084 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1085 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1086 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1087 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1088} 1089 1090void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1091 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1092 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1093 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1094 1095 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1096 I != E; ++I) { 1097 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1098 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1099 1100 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1101 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1102 1103 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1104 1105 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1106 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1107 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1108 1109 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1110 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1111 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1112 1113 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1114 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1115 } 1116} 1117 1118/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1119/// 1120/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1121/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1122/// to the fixed name. 1123/// 1124/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1125/// 1126/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1127/// if there is no class with the given name. 1128/// 1129/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1130/// class could not be found. 1131ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1132 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1133 bool TypoCorrection) { 1134 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1135 // creation from this context. 1136 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1137 1138 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1139 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1140 // find an Objective-C class name. 1141 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1142 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1143 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1144 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1145 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1146 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1147 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1148 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1149 1150 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1151 } 1152 } 1153 1154 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1155} 1156 1157/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1158/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1159/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1160/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1161/// ill-formed in C++: 1162/// @code 1163/// struct S6 { 1164/// enum { BAR } e; 1165/// }; 1166/// 1167/// void test_S6() { 1168/// struct S6 a; 1169/// a.e = BAR; 1170/// } 1171/// @endcode 1172/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1173/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1174/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1175/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1176/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1177/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1178/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1179/// contain non-field names. 1180Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1181 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1182 (S->getEntity() && 1183 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1184 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1185 S = S->getParent(); 1186 return S; 1187} 1188 1189/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1190/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1191/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1192/// built-in. 1193NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1194 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1195 SourceLocation Loc) { 1196 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1197 1198 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1199 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1200 switch (Error) { 1201 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1202 // Okay 1203 break; 1204 1205 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1206 if (ForRedeclaration) 1207 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1208 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1209 return 0; 1210 1211 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1212 if (ForRedeclaration) 1213 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1214 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1215 return 0; 1216 } 1217 1218 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1219 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1220 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1221 << R; 1222 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1223 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1224 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1225 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1226 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1228 } 1229 1230 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1231 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1232 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1233 SC_Extern, 1234 SC_None, false, 1235 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1236 New->setImplicit(); 1237 1238 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1239 // FunctionDecl. 1240 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1241 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1242 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 1243 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1244 SourceLocation(), 0, 1245 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1246 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 1247 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1248 } 1249 1250 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1251 1252 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1253 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1254 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1255 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1256 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1257 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1258 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1259 CurContext = SavedContext; 1260 return New; 1261} 1262 1263/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1264/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1265/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1266/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1267/// 1268void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1269 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1270 // merging checks. 1271 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1272 1273 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1274 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1275 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1276 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1277 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1278 default: break; 1279 case 2: 1280 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1281 break; 1282 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1283 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1284 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1285 return; 1286 case 5: 1287 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1288 break; 1289 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1290 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1291 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1292 return; 1293 case 3: 1294 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1295 break; 1296 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1297 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1298 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1299 return; 1300 case 8: 1301 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1302 break; 1303 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1304 return; 1305 } 1306 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1307 } 1308 1309 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1310 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1311 if (!Old) { 1312 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1313 << New->getDeclName(); 1314 1315 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1316 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1317 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1318 1319 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1320 } 1321 1322 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1323 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1324 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1325 1326 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1327 QualType OldType; 1328 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1329 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1330 else 1331 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1332 1333 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1334 // with any extensions enabled. 1335 1336 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1337 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1338 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1339 int Kind = 0; 1340 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1341 Kind = 1; 1342 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1343 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1344 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1345 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1346 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1347 } 1348 1349 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1350 // declaration was a typedef. 1351 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1352 // spellings don't match exactly. 1353 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1354 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1355 1356 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1357 return; 1358 1359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1360 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1361 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1362 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1363 // to the type to which it already refers. 1364 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1365 return; 1366 1367 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1368 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1369 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1370 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1371 // 1372 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1373 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1374 // 1375 // struct S { 1376 // typedef struct A { } A; 1377 // }; 1378 // 1379 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1380 // allow the above but disallow 1381 // 1382 // struct S { 1383 // typedef int I; 1384 // typedef int I; 1385 // }; 1386 // 1387 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1388 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1389 return; 1390 1391 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1392 << New->getDeclName(); 1393 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1394 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1395 } 1396 1397 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1398 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1399 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1400 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1401 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1402 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1403 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1404 return; 1405 1406 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1407 << New->getDeclName(); 1408 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1409 return; 1410} 1411 1412/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1413/// attribute. 1414static bool 1415DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1416 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1417 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1418 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1419 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1420 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1421 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1422 return true; 1423 } 1424 1425 return false; 1426} 1427 1428/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1429static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1430 ASTContext &C) { 1431 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1432 return; 1433 1434 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1435 1436 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1437 // we process them. 1438 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1439 1440 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1441 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1442 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1443 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1444 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1445 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1446 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1447 foundAny = true; 1448 } 1449 } 1450 1451 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1452} 1453 1454/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1455/// to the new one. 1456static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1457 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1458 ASTContext &C) { 1459 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1460 return; 1461 1462 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1463 1464 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1465 // done before we process them. 1466 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1467 1468 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1469 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1470 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1471 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1472 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1473 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1474 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1475 foundAny = true; 1476 } 1477 } 1478 1479 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1480} 1481 1482namespace { 1483 1484/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1485/// C. 1486struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1487 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1488 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1489 QualType PromotedType; 1490}; 1491 1492} 1493 1494/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1495Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1496 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1497 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1498 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1499 1500 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1501 } 1502 1503 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1504 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1505 1506 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1507 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1508 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1509} 1510 1511/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1512/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1513/// GNU89 mode. 1514static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1515 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1516 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1517 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1518 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1519} 1520 1521/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1522/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1523/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1524/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1525/// 1526/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1527/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1528/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1529/// merged with. 1530/// 1531/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1532bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1533 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1534 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1535 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1536 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1537 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1538 else 1539 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1540 if (!Old) { 1541 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1542 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1543 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1544 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1545 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1546 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1547 return true; 1548 } 1549 1550 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1551 << New->getDeclName(); 1552 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1553 return true; 1554 } 1555 1556 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1557 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1558 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1559 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1560 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1561 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1562 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1563 else 1564 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1565 1566 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1567 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1568 1569 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1570 // is an extern inline function. 1571 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1572 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1573 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1574 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1575 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1576 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1577 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1578 } else { 1579 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1580 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1581 return true; 1582 } 1583 } 1584 1585 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1586 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1587 // calling convention of the first. 1588 // 1589 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1590 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1591 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1592 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1593 // because it is the default calling convention. 1594 // 1595 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1596 // other tests to run. 1597 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1598 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1599 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1600 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1601 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1602 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1603 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1604 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1605 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1606 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1607 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1608 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1610 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1611 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1612 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1613 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1614 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1615 return true; 1616 } 1617 1618 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1619 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1620 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1621 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1622 } 1623 1624 // Merge regparm attribute. 1625 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1626 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1627 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1629 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1630 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1631 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1632 return true; 1633 } 1634 1635 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1636 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1637 } 1638 1639 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1640 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1641 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1642 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1643 } 1644 1645 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1646 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1647 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1648 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1649 // cannot be overloaded. 1650 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1651 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1652 QualType ResQT; 1653 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1654 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1655 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1656 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1657 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1658 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1659 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1660 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1661 else 1662 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1663 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1664 return true; 1665 } 1666 else 1667 NewQType = ResQT; 1668 } 1669 1670 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1671 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1672 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1673 // Preserve triviality. 1674 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1675 1676 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1677 1678 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1679 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1680 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1681 // is a static member function declaration. 1682 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1683 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1684 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1685 return true; 1686 } 1687 1688 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1689 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1690 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1691 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1692 unsigned NewDiag; 1693 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1694 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1695 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1696 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1697 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1698 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1699 else 1700 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1701 1702 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1703 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1704 1705 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1706 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1707 // 1708 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1709 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1710 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1711 if (isFriend) { 1712 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1713 } else { 1714 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1715 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1716 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1717 return true; 1718 } 1719 } 1720 } 1721 1722 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1723 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1724 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1725 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1726 1727 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1728 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1729 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1730 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1731 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1732 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1733 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1734 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1735 } 1736 1737 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1738 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1739 1740 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1741 } 1742 1743 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1744 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1745 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1746 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1747 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1748 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1749 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1750 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1751 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1752 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1753 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1754 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1755 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1756 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1757 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1758 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1759 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1760 New->setType(NewQType); 1761 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1762 1763 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1764 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1765 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1766 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1767 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1768 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1769 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1770 SourceLocation(), 1771 SourceLocation(), 0, 1772 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1773 SC_None, SC_None, 1774 0); 1775 Param->setImplicit(); 1776 Params.push_back(Param); 1777 } 1778 1779 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1780 } 1781 1782 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1783 } 1784 1785 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1786 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1787 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1788 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1789 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1790 // the prototype. 1791 // 1792 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1793 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1794 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1795 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1796 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1797 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1798 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1799 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1800 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1801 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1802 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1803 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1804 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1805 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1806 1807 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1808 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1809 NewProto->getResultType()); 1810 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1811 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1812 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1813 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1814 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1815 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1816 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1817 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1818 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1819 NewParm->getType(), 1820 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1821 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1822 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1823 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1824 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1825 } else 1826 LooseCompatible = false; 1827 } 1828 1829 if (LooseCompatible) { 1830 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1831 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1832 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1833 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1834 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1835 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1836 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1837 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1838 } 1839 1840 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1841 ArgTypes.size(), 1842 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1843 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1844 } 1845 1846 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1847 } 1848 1849 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1850 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1851 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1852 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1853 // signature. 1854 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1855 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1856 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1857 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1858 // library built-in. 1859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1860 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1861 << Old << Old->getType(); 1862 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1863 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1864 return false; 1865 } 1866 1867 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1868 } 1869 1870 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1871 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1872 return true; 1873} 1874 1875/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1876/// known to be compatible. 1877/// 1878/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1879/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1880/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1881/// redeclaration of Old. 1882/// 1883/// \returns false 1884bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1885 // Merge the attributes 1886 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1887 1888 // Merge the storage class. 1889 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1890 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1891 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1892 1893 // Merge "pure" flag. 1894 if (Old->isPure()) 1895 New->setPure(); 1896 1897 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1898 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1899 New->setDeleted(); 1900 1901 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1902 // declarations. 1903 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1904 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1905 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1906 Context); 1907 1908 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1909 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1910 1911 return false; 1912} 1913 1914void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1915 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1916 // Merge the attributes. 1917 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1918 1919 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1920 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1921 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1922 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1923 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1924} 1925 1926/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1927/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1928/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1929/// 1930/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1931/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1932/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1933/// 1934void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1935 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1936 return; 1937 1938 QualType MergedT; 1939 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1940 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1941 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1942 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1943 return; 1944 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1945 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1946 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1947 } 1948 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1949 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1950 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1951 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1952 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1953 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1954 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1955 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1956 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1957 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1958 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1959 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1960 MergedT = New->getType(); 1961 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1962 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1963 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1964 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1965 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1966 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1967 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1968 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1969 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1970 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1971 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1972 Old->getType()); 1973 } 1974 } else { 1975 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1976 } 1977 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1981 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1982 } 1983 New->setType(MergedT); 1984} 1985 1986/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1987/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1988/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1989/// 1990/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1991/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1992/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1993/// 1994void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1995 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1996 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1997 return; 1998 1999 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2000 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2001 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2002 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2003 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2004 << New->getDeclName(); 2005 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2006 diag::note_previous_definition); 2007 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2008 } 2009 2010 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2011 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2012 // 2013 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2014 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2015 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2016 << New->getIdentifier(); 2017 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2018 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2019 } 2020 2021 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2022 2023 // Merge the types. 2024 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2025 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2026 return; 2027 2028 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2029 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2030 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2032 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2033 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2034 } 2035 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2036 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2037 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2038 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2039 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2040 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2041 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2042 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2043 // identifier has external linkage. 2044 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2045 /* Okay */; 2046 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2047 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2049 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2050 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2051 } 2052 2053 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2054 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2055 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2056 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2057 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2058 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2059 } 2060 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2061 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2062 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2063 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2064 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2065 } 2066 2067 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2068 2069 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2070 // need to check for mismatches. 2071 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2072 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2073 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2074 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2075 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2076 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2077 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2078 } 2079 2080 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2081 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2082 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2083 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2085 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2086 } 2087 2088 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2089 const VarDecl *Def; 2090 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2091 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2092 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2094 << New->getDeclName(); 2095 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2096 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2097 return; 2098 } 2099 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2100 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2101 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2102 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2103 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2104 // specified at the prior declaration. 2105 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2106 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2107 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2108 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2109 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2110 2111 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2112 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2113 2114 // Inherit access appropriately. 2115 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2116} 2117 2118/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2119/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2120Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2121 DeclSpec &DS) { 2122 Decl *TagD = 0; 2123 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2124 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2125 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2126 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2127 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2128 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2129 2130 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2131 return 0; 2132 2133 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2134 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2135 // it's a Type. 2136 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2137 } 2138 2139 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2140 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2141 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2142 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2143 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2144 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2145 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2146 } 2147 2148 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2149 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2150 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2151 if (TagD && !Tag) 2152 return 0; 2153 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2154 } 2155 2156 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2157 // declarators. 2158 bool emittedWarning = false; 2159 2160 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2161 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2162 2163 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2164 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2165 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2166 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2167 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2168 2169 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2170 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2171 emittedWarning = true; 2172 } 2173 } 2174 2175 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2176 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2177 CurContext->isRecord() && 2178 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2179 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2180 // struct STRUCT; 2181 // and 2182 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2183 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2184 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2185 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2186 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2187 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2188 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2189 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2194 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2195 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2196 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2197 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2198 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2199 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2200 emittedWarning = true; 2201 } 2202 2203 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2204 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2205 2206 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2207 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2208 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2209 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2210 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2211 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2212 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2213 return Tag; 2214 } 2215 2216 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2217 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2218 emittedWarning = true; 2219 } 2220 2221 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2222 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2223 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2224 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2225 return TagD; 2226 2227 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2228 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2229 // useless. 2230 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2231 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2232 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2233 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2234 2235 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2236 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2237 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2238 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2239 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2240 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2241 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2242 // Restrict is covered above. 2243 } 2244 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2245 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2246 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2247 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2248 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2249 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2250 2251 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2252 2253 return TagD; 2254} 2255 2256/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2257/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2258StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2259 StmtResult R; 2260 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2261 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2262 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2263 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2264 do 2265 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2266 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2267 } 2268 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2269 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2270 } 2271 } 2272 return R; 2273} 2274 2275/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2276/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2277/// 2278/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2279static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2280 Scope *S, 2281 DeclContext *Owner, 2282 DeclarationName Name, 2283 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2284 unsigned diagnostic) { 2285 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2286 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2287 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2288 2289 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2290 return false; 2291 2292 // Pick a representative declaration. 2293 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2294 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2295 2296 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2297 return false; 2298 2299 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2300 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2301 2302 return true; 2303} 2304 2305/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2306/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2307/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2308/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2309/// struct, e.g., 2310/// 2311/// @code 2312/// union { 2313/// int i; 2314/// float f; 2315/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2316/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2317/// @endcode 2318/// 2319/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2320/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2321static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2322 DeclContext *Owner, 2323 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2324 AccessSpecifier AS, 2325 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2326 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2327 unsigned diagKind 2328 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2329 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2330 2331 bool Invalid = false; 2332 2333 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2334 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2335 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2336 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2337 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2338 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2339 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2340 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2341 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2342 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2343 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2344 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2345 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2346 Invalid = true; 2347 } else { 2348 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2349 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2350 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2351 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2352 // anonymous union is declared. 2353 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2354 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2355 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2356 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2357 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2358 else 2359 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2360 2361 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2362 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2363 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2364 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2365 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2366 2367 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2368 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2369 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2370 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2371 2372 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2373 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2374 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2375 2376 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2377 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2378 2379 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2380 } 2381 } 2382 } 2383 2384 return Invalid; 2385} 2386 2387/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2388/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2389/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2390static StorageClass 2391StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2392 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2393 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2394 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2395 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2396 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2397 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2398 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2399 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2400 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2401 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2402 } 2403 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2404} 2405 2406/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2407/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2408/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2409static StorageClass 2410StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2411 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2412 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2413 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2414 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2415 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2416 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2417 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2418 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2419 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2420 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2421 } 2422 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2423} 2424 2425/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2426/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2427/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2428/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2429Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2430 AccessSpecifier AS, 2431 RecordDecl *Record) { 2432 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2433 2434 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2435 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2436 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2437 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2438 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2439 2440 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2441 // structs/unions. 2442 bool Invalid = false; 2443 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2444 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2445 unsigned DiagID; 2446 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2447 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2448 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2449 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2450 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2451 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2452 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2453 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2454 Invalid = true; 2455 2456 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2457 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2458 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2459 } 2460 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2461 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2462 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2463 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2464 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2465 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2466 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2467 Invalid = true; 2468 2469 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2470 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2471 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2472 } 2473 2474 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2475 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2476 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2477 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2478 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2479 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2480 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2481 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2482 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2483 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2484 // members (clause 11). 2485 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2486 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2487 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2488 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2489 Invalid = true; 2490 } 2491 2492 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2493 Invalid = true; 2494 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2495 // Any implicit members are fine. 2496 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2497 // This is a type that showed up in an 2498 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2499 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2500 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2501 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2502 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2503 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2504 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2505 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2506 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2507 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2508 else { 2509 // This is a nested type declaration. 2510 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2511 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2512 Invalid = true; 2513 } 2514 } 2515 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2516 // Any access specifier is fine. 2517 } else { 2518 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2519 // member. Complain about it. 2520 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2521 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2522 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2523 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2524 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2525 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2526 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2527 2528 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2529 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2530 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2531 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2532 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2533 else { 2534 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2535 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2536 Invalid = true; 2537 } 2538 } 2539 } 2540 } 2541 2542 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2543 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2544 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2545 Invalid = true; 2546 } 2547 2548 // Mock up a declarator. 2549 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2550 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2551 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2552 2553 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2554 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2555 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2556 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2557 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2558 Record->getLocation(), 2559 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2560 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2561 TInfo, 2562 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2563 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2564 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2565 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2566 } else { 2567 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2568 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2569 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2570 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2571 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2572 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2573 // an error here 2574 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2575 Invalid = true; 2576 SC = SC_None; 2577 } 2578 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2579 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2580 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2581 2582 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2583 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2584 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2585 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2586 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2587 } 2588 Anon->setImplicit(); 2589 2590 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2591 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2592 // its members. 2593 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2594 2595 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2596 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2597 // purposes. 2598 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2599 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2600 2601 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2602 Chain, false)) 2603 Invalid = true; 2604 2605 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2606 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2607 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2608 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2609 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2610 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2611 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2612 2613 if (Invalid) 2614 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2615 2616 return Anon; 2617} 2618 2619/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2620/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2621/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2622/// Example: 2623/// 2624/// struct A { int a; }; 2625/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2626/// 2627/// void foo() { 2628/// B var; 2629/// var.a = 3; 2630/// } 2631/// 2632Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2633 RecordDecl *Record) { 2634 2635 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2636 if (!Record) 2637 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2638 2639 // Mock up a declarator. 2640 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2641 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2642 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2643 2644 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2645 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2646 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2647 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2648 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2649 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2650 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2651 TInfo, 2652 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2653 Anon->setImplicit(); 2654 2655 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2656 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2657 2658 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2659 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2660 // purposes. 2661 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2662 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2663 2664 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2665 Record->getDefinition(), 2666 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2667 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2668 2669 return Anon; 2670} 2671 2672/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2673/// given Declarator. 2674DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2675 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2676} 2677 2678/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2679DeclarationNameInfo 2680Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2681 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2682 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2683 2684 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2685 2686 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2687 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2688 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2689 return NameInfo; 2690 2691 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2692 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2693 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2694 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2695 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2696 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2697 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2698 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2699 return NameInfo; 2700 2701 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2702 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2703 Name.Identifier)); 2704 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2705 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2706 return NameInfo; 2707 2708 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2709 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2710 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2711 if (Ty.isNull()) 2712 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2713 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2714 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2715 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2716 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2717 return NameInfo; 2718 } 2719 2720 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2721 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2722 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2723 if (Ty.isNull()) 2724 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2725 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2726 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2727 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2728 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2729 return NameInfo; 2730 } 2731 2732 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2733 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2734 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2735 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2736 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2737 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2738 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2739 2740 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2741 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2742 2743 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2744 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2745 // was qualified. 2746 2747 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2748 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2749 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2750 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2751 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2752 return NameInfo; 2753 } 2754 2755 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2756 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2757 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2758 if (Ty.isNull()) 2759 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2760 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2761 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2762 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2763 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2764 return NameInfo; 2765 } 2766 2767 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2768 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2769 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2770 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2771 } 2772 2773 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2774 2775 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2776 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2777} 2778 2779/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2780/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2781/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2782/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2783/// the class or namespace. 2784static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2785 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2786 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2787 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2788 return false; 2789 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2790 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2791 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2792 2793 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2794 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2795 return false; 2796 } 2797 2798 return true; 2799} 2800 2801/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2802/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2803/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2804/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2805/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2806static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2807 DeclarationName Name) { 2808 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2809 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2810 // - types which will become injected class names 2811 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2812 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2813 // few cases here. 2814 2815 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2816 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2817 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2818 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2819 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2820 // Grab the type from the parser. 2821 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2822 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2823 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2824 2825 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2826 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2827 // attached already. 2828 if (!TSI) 2829 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2830 2831 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2832 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2833 if (!TSI) return true; 2834 2835 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2836 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2837 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2838 break; 2839 } 2840 2841 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2842 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2843 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2844 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2845 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2846 break; 2847 } 2848 2849 default: 2850 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2851 break; 2852 } 2853 2854 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2855 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2856 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2857 2858 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2859 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2860 // pointer. 2861 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2862 continue; 2863 2864 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2865 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2866 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2867 return true; 2868 } 2869 2870 return false; 2871} 2872 2873Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2874 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2875} 2876 2877/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2878/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2879/// name different from T: 2880/// - every static data member of class T; 2881/// - every member function of class T 2882/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2883/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2884bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2885 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2886 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2887 2888 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2889 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2890 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2891 return true; 2892 } 2893 2894 return false; 2895} 2896 2897Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2898 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2899 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2900 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2901 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2902 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2903 2904 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2905 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2906 if (!Name) { 2907 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2908 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2909 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2910 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2911 return 0; 2912 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2913 return 0; 2914 2915 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2916 // we find one that is. 2917 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2918 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2919 S = S->getParent(); 2920 2921 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2922 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2923 D.setInvalidType(); 2924 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2925 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2926 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2927 return 0; 2928 2929 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2930 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2931 if (!DC) { 2932 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2933 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2934 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2935 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2936 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2937 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2938 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2939 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2940 return 0; 2941 } 2942 2943 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2944 2945 if (!IsDependentContext && 2946 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2947 return 0; 2948 2949 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2950 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2951 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2952 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2953 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2954 D.setInvalidType(); 2955 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2956 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2957 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2958 // definition: 2959 // 2960 // class X { 2961 // void X::f(); 2962 // }; 2963 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2964 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2965 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2966 else 2967 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2968 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2969 2970 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2971 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2972 } 2973 } 2974 2975 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2976 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2977 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2978 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2979 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2980 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2981 D.setInvalidType(); 2982 } 2983 } 2984 2985 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 2986 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2987 // Just return early; it's safer. 2988 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2989 return 0; 2990 2991 NamedDecl *New; 2992 2993 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2994 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2995 2996 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2997 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2998 D.setInvalidType(); 2999 3000 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3001 ForRedeclaration); 3002 3003 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3004 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3005 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3006 3007 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3008 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3009 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3010 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3011 /* Do nothing*/; 3012 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3013 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3014 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3015 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3016 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3017 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3018 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3019 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3020 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3021 3022 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3023 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3024 3025 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3026 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3027 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3028 3029 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3030 // out-of-line members. 3031 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3032 3033 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3034 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3035 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3036 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3037 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3038 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3039 // declarations namespace. 3040 // 3041 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3042 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3043 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3044 // 3045 // class X { 3046 // void f(); 3047 // void f(float); 3048 // }; 3049 // 3050 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3051 // 3052 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3053 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3054 // matches. 3055 3056 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3057 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3058 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3059 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3060 } else { 3061 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3062 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3063 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3064 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3065 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3066 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3067 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3068 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3069 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3070 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3071 else 3072 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3073 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3074 D.setInvalidType(); 3075 } 3076 } 3077 } 3078 3079 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3080 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3081 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3082 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3083 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3084 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3085 D.setInvalidType(); 3086 3087 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3088 Previous.clear(); 3089 } 3090 3091 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3092 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3093 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3094 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3095 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3096 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3097 Previous.clear(); 3098 3099 bool Redeclaration = false; 3100 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3101 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3102 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3103 return 0; 3104 } 3105 3106 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3107 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3108 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3109 move(TemplateParamLists), 3110 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3111 } else { 3112 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3113 move(TemplateParamLists), 3114 Redeclaration); 3115 } 3116 3117 if (New == 0) 3118 return 0; 3119 3120 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3121 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3122 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3123 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3124 3125 return New; 3126} 3127 3128/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3129/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3130/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3131static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3132 ASTContext &Context, 3133 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3134 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3135 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3136 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3137 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3138 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3139 SizeIsNegative = false; 3140 Oversized = 0; 3141 3142 if (T->isDependentType()) 3143 return QualType(); 3144 3145 QualifierCollector Qs; 3146 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3147 3148 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3149 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3150 QualType FixedType = 3151 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3152 Oversized); 3153 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3154 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3155 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3156 } 3157 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3158 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3159 QualType FixedType = 3160 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3161 Oversized); 3162 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3163 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3164 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3165 } 3166 3167 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3168 if (!VLATy) 3169 return QualType(); 3170 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3171 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3172 return QualType(); 3173 3174 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3175 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3176 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3177 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3178 return QualType(); 3179 3180 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3181 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3182 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3183 SizeIsNegative = true; 3184 return QualType(); 3185 } 3186 3187 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3188 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3189 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3190 Res); 3191 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3192 Oversized = Res; 3193 return QualType(); 3194 } 3195 3196 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3197 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3198} 3199 3200/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3201/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3202void 3203Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3204 const LookupResult &Previous, 3205 Scope *S) { 3206 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3207 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3208 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3209 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3210 3211 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3212 return; 3213 3214 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3215 3216 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3217 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3218 // declaration. 3219 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3220 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3221 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3222 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3223 S = S->getParent(); 3224 3225 if (S) 3226 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3227 } 3228} 3229 3230/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3231/// does not identify a function. 3232void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3233 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3234 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3235 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3237 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3238 3239 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3240 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3241 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3242 3243 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3244 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3245 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3246} 3247 3248NamedDecl* 3249Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3250 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3251 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3252 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3253 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3254 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3255 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3256 D.setInvalidType(); 3257 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3258 DC = CurContext; 3259 Previous.clear(); 3260 } 3261 3262 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3263 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3264 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3265 } 3266 3267 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3268 3269 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3270 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3271 3272 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3273 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3274 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3275 return 0; 3276 } 3277 3278 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3279 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3280 3281 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3282 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3283 3284 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3285} 3286 3287/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3288/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3289/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3290NamedDecl* 3291Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3292 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3293 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3294 // then it shall have block scope. 3295 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3296 // that redeclarations will match. 3297 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3298 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3299 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3300 3301 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3302 bool SizeIsNegative; 3303 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3304 QualType FixedTy = 3305 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3306 Oversized); 3307 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3308 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3309 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3310 } else { 3311 if (SizeIsNegative) 3312 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3313 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3314 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3315 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3316 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3317 else 3318 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3319 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3320 } 3321 } 3322 } 3323 3324 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3325 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3326 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3327 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3328 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3329 Redeclaration = true; 3330 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3331 } 3332 3333 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3334 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3335 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3336 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3337 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3338 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3339 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3340 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3341 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3342 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3343 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3344 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3345 } 3346 3347 return NewTD; 3348} 3349 3350/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3351/// previous declaration. 3352/// 3353/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3354/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3355/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3356/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3357/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3358/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3359/// 3360/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3361/// lookup 3362/// 3363/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3364/// declared. 3365/// 3366/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3367/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3368static bool 3369isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3370 ASTContext &Context) { 3371 if (!PrevDecl) 3372 return false; 3373 3374 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3375 return false; 3376 3377 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3378 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3379 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3380 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3381 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3382 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3383 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3384 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3385 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3386 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3387 return false; 3388 3389 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3390 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3391 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3392 return false; 3393 3394 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3395 // previous declarations. 3396 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3397 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3398 3399 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3400 // isn't the same function. 3401 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3402 return false; 3403 } 3404 3405 return true; 3406} 3407 3408static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3409 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3410 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3411 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3412} 3413 3414NamedDecl* 3415Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3416 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3417 LookupResult &Previous, 3418 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3419 bool &Redeclaration) { 3420 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3421 3422 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3423 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3424 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3425 3426 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3427 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3428 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3429 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3430 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3431 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3432 // an error here 3433 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3434 D.setInvalidType(); 3435 SC = SC_None; 3436 } 3437 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3438 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3439 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3440 3441 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3442 if (!II) { 3443 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3444 << Name.getAsString(); 3445 return 0; 3446 } 3447 3448 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3449 3450 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3451 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3452 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3453 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3454 3455 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3456 // is a GNU extension. 3457 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3458 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3459 else 3460 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3461 D.setInvalidType(); 3462 } 3463 } 3464 3465 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3466 VarDecl *NewVD; 3467 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3468 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3469 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3470 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3471 3472 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3473 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3474 } else { 3475 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3476 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3477 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3479 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3480 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3481 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3482 SC = SC_Static; 3483 } 3484 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3485 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3486 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3487 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3488 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3489 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3490 3491 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3492 // the program is ill-formed. 3493 // 3494 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3495 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3497 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3498 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3499 } 3500 } 3501 3502 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3503 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3504 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3505 bool Invalid = false; 3506 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3507 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3508 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3509 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3510 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3511 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3512 /*never a friend*/ false, 3513 isExplicitSpecialization, 3514 Invalid)) { 3515 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3516 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3517 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3518 << II 3519 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3520 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3521 return 0; 3522 } else { 3523 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3524 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3525 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3526 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3527 << II 3528 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3529 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3530 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3531 } 3532 } 3533 3534 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3535 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3536 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3537 3538 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3539 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3540 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3541 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3542 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3543 3544 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3545 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3546 3547 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3548 3549 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3550 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3551 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3552 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3553 } 3554 } 3555 3556 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3557 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3558 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3559 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3560 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3561 else 3562 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3563 } 3564 3565 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3566 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3567 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3568 3569 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3570 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3571 3572 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3573 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3574 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3575 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3576 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3577 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3578 switch (SC) { 3579 case SC_None: 3580 case SC_Auto: 3581 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3582 break; 3583 case SC_Register: 3584 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3585 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3586 break; 3587 case SC_Static: 3588 case SC_Extern: 3589 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3590 break; 3591 } 3592 } 3593 3594 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3595 Context, Label)); 3596 } 3597 3598 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3599 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3600 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3601 3602 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3603 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3604 // declaration has linkage). 3605 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3606 isExplicitSpecialization); 3607 3608 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3609 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3610 else { 3611 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3612 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3613 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3614 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3615 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3616 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3617 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3618 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3619 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3620 Previous.clear(); 3621 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3622 } 3623 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3624 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3625 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3626 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3627 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3628 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3629 } 3630 3631 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3632 3633 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3634 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3635 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3636 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3637 } 3638 3639 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3640 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3641 // here. 3642 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3643 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3644 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3645 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3646 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3647 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3648 } 3649 } 3650 3651 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3652 // such variables. 3653 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3654 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3655 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3656 3657 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3658 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3659 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3660 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3661 3662 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3663 3664 return NewVD; 3665} 3666 3667/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3668/// -Wshadow. 3669/// 3670/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3671/// scope. 3672/// 3673/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3674/// \param R the lookup of the name 3675/// 3676void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3677 // Return if warning is ignored. 3678 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3679 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3680 return; 3681 3682 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3683 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3684 return; 3685 3686 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3687 3688 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3689 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3690 return; 3691 3692 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3693 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3694 return; 3695 3696 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3697 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3698 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3699 if (MD->isStatic()) 3700 return; 3701 3702 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3703 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3704 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3705 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3706 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3707 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3708 I != E; ++I) 3709 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3710 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3711 break; 3712 } 3713 } 3714 3715 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3716 3717 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3718 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3719 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3720 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3721 return; 3722 3723 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3724 // static data members from base classes? 3725 3726 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3727 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3728 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3729 } 3730 3731 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3732 unsigned Kind; 3733 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3734 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3735 Kind = 3; // field 3736 else 3737 Kind = 2; // static data member 3738 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3739 Kind = 1; // global 3740 else 3741 Kind = 0; // local 3742 3743 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3744 3745 // Emit warning and note. 3746 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3747 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3748} 3749 3750/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3751void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3752 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3753 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3754 return; 3755 3756 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3757 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3758 LookupName(R, S); 3759 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3760} 3761 3762/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3763/// declaration. 3764/// 3765/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3766/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3767/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3768/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3769/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3770/// 3771/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3772void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3773 LookupResult &Previous, 3774 bool &Redeclaration) { 3775 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3776 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3777 return; 3778 3779 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3780 3781 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3782 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3783 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3784 } 3785 3786 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3787 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3788 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3789 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3790 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3791 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3792 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3793 } 3794 3795 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3796 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3797 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3798 3799 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3800 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3801 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3802 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3803 3804 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3805 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3806 bool SizeIsNegative; 3807 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3808 QualType FixedTy = 3809 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3810 Oversized); 3811 3812 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3813 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3814 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3815 // int a[10][n]; 3816 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3817 3818 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3819 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3820 << SizeRange; 3821 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3822 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3823 << SizeRange; 3824 else 3825 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3826 << SizeRange; 3827 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3828 } 3829 3830 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3831 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3832 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3833 else 3834 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3835 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3836 } 3837 3838 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3839 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3840 } 3841 3842 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3843 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3844 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3845 // declaration with the same name. 3846 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3847 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3848 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3849 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3850 } 3851 3852 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3853 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3854 << T; 3855 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3856 } 3857 3858 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3859 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3860 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3861 } 3862 3863 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3864 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3865 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3866 } 3867 3868 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3869 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3870 QualType Pointee; 3871 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3872 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3873 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3874 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3875 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3876 PtrOrRef = 1; 3877 } 3878 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3879 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3880 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3881 << PtrOrRef; 3882 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3883 } 3884 3885 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3886 Redeclaration = true; 3887 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3888 } 3889} 3890 3891/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3892struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3893 Sema *S; 3894 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3895}; 3896 3897/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3898/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3899/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3900static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3901 CXXBasePath &Path, 3902 void *UserData) { 3903 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3904 3905 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3906 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3907 3908 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3909 3910 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3911 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3912 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3913 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3914 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3915 3916 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3917 } 3918 3919 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3920 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3921 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3922 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3923 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3924 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3925 return true; 3926 } 3927 } 3928 3929 return false; 3930} 3931 3932/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3933/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3934bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3935 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3936 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3937 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3938 Data.Method = MD; 3939 Data.S = this; 3940 bool AddedAny = false; 3941 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3942 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3943 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3944 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3945 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3946 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3947 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3948 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3949 AddedAny = true; 3950 } 3951 } 3952 } 3953 } 3954 3955 return AddedAny; 3956} 3957 3958static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3959 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3960 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3961 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3962 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3963 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3964 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3965 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3966 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3967 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3968 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3969 } 3970} 3971 3972NamedDecl* 3973Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3974 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3975 LookupResult &Previous, 3976 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3977 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3978 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3979 3980 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3981 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3982 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3983 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3984 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3985 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3986 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3987 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3989 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3990 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3991 D.setInvalidType(); 3992 break; 3993 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3994 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3995 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3996 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3997 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3998 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3999 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4000 // other than extern 4001 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4003 diag::err_static_block_func); 4004 SC = SC_None; 4005 } else 4006 SC = SC_Static; 4007 break; 4008 } 4009 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4010 } 4011 4012 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4013 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4014 4015 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4016 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4017 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4018 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4019 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4020 D.setInvalidType(); 4021 } 4022 4023 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4024 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4025 bool isFriend = false; 4026 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4027 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4028 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4029 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4030 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4031 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4032 4033 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4034 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4035 // prototype. This true when: 4036 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4037 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4038 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4039 bool HasPrototype = 4040 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4041 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4042 4043 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4044 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4045 HasPrototype); 4046 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4047 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4048 4049 // Set the lexical context. 4050 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4051 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4052 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4053 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4054 } else { 4055 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4056 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4057 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4058 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4059 4060 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4061 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4062 // the class has been completely parsed. 4063 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4064 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4065 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4066 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4067 AbstractReturnType)) 4068 D.setInvalidType(); 4069 4070 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4071 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4072 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4073 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4074 4075 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4076 4077 // Create the new declaration 4078 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 4079 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4080 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4081 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4082 isExplicit, isInline, 4083 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4084 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4085 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4086 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4087 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4088 4089 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 4090 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4091 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4092 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4093 isInline, 4094 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4095 isVirtualOkay = true; 4096 } else { 4097 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4098 4099 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4100 // code path. 4101 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4102 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4103 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4104 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4105 D.setInvalidType(); 4106 } 4107 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4108 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4109 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4110 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4111 return 0; 4112 } 4113 4114 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4115 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4116 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4117 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4118 isInline, isExplicit, 4119 SourceLocation()); 4120 4121 isVirtualOkay = true; 4122 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4123 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4124 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4125 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4126 // constructor if it has no return type). 4127 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4128 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4129 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4130 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4131 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4132 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4133 return 0; 4134 } 4135 4136 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4137 4138 // [class.free]p1: 4139 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4140 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4141 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4142 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4143 isStatic = true; 4144 4145 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4146 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4147 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4148 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4149 isStatic = true; 4150 4151 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4152 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4153 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4154 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4155 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4156 SourceLocation()); 4157 4158 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4159 } else { 4160 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4161 // prototype. This true when: 4162 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4163 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4164 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4165 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4166 } 4167 4168 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4169 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4170 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4171 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4172 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4173 } 4174 4175 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4176 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4177 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4178 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4180 4181 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4182 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4183 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4184 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4185 4186 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4187 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4188 bool Invalid = false; 4189 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4190 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4191 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4192 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4193 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4194 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4195 isFriend, 4196 isExplicitSpecialization, 4197 Invalid)) { 4198 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4199 // This is a function template 4200 4201 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4202 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4203 return 0; 4204 4205 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4206 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4207 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4208 return 0; 4209 } 4210 4211 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4212 NewFD->getLocation(), 4213 Name, TemplateParams, 4214 NewFD); 4215 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4216 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4217 4218 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4219 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4220 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4221 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4222 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4223 } 4224 } else { 4225 // This is a function template specialization. 4226 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4227 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4228 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4229 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4230 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4231 4232 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4233 if (isFriend) { 4234 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4235 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4236 4237 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4238 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4239 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4240 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4241 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4242 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4243 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4244 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4245 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4246 } 4247 4248 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4249 << Name << RemoveRange 4250 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4251 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4252 } 4253 } 4254 } 4255 else { 4256 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4257 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4258 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4259 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4260 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4261 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4262 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4263 } 4264 4265 if (Invalid) { 4266 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4267 if (FunctionTemplate) 4268 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4269 } 4270 4271 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4272 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4273 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4274 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4275 // 4276 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4277 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4278 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4279 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4280 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4281 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4282 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4283 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4284 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4285 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4286 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4287 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4288 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4289 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4290 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4291 } else { 4292 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4293 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4294 } 4295 } 4296 4297 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4298 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4299 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4300 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4301 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4302 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4303 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4304 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4305 } 4306 } 4307 4308 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4309 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4310 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4311 // and 12.3.2. 4312 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4313 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4314 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4315 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4316 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4317 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4318 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4319 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4320 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4321 // or conversion function. 4322 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4323 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4324 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4325 } 4326 } 4327 4328 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4329 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4330 isExplicitSpecialization || 4331 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4332 4333 if (isFriend) { 4334 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4335 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4336 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4337 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4338 } 4339 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4340 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4341 } 4342 4343 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4344 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4345 // definition. 4346 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4347 } 4348 4349 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4350 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4351 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4352 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4353 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4354 // the class. 4355 4356 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4357 // member function definition. 4358 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4359 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4360 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4361 } 4362 } 4363 4364 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4365 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4366 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4367 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4368 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4369 SE->getString())); 4370 } 4371 4372 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4373 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4374 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4375 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4376 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4377 4378 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4379 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4380 // single void argument. 4381 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4382 // already checks for that case. 4383 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4384 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4385 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4386 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4387 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4388 4389 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4390 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4391 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4392 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4393 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4394 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4395 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4396 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4397 << IsTypeAlias; 4398 } 4399 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4400 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4401 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4402 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4403 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4404 Params.push_back(Param); 4405 4406 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4407 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4408 } 4409 } 4410 4411 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4412 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4413 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4414 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4415 // 4416 // @code 4417 // typedef void fn(int); 4418 // fn f; 4419 // @endcode 4420 4421 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4422 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4423 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4424 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4425 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4426 Params.push_back(Param); 4427 } 4428 } else { 4429 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4430 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4431 } 4432 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4433 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4434 4435 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4436 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4437 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4438 4439 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4440 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4441 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4442 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4443 Redeclaration); 4444 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4445 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4446 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4447 } else { 4448 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4449 // argument list into our AST format. 4450 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4451 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4452 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4453 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4454 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4455 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4456 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4457 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4458 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4459 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4460 TemplateArgs); 4461 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4462 4463 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4464 4465 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4466 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4467 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4468 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4469 4470 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4471 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4472 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4473 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4474 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4475 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4476 // too few of them). 4477 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4478 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4479 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4480 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4481 "template<> "); 4482 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4483 } else { 4484 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4485 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4486 } 4487 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4488 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4489 // wrote something like: 4490 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4491 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4492 // friend void foo<>(int); 4493 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4494 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4495 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4496 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4497 } 4498 4499 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4500 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4501 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4502 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4503 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4504 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4505 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4506 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4507 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4508 Previous)) 4509 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4510 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4511 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4512 && !isFriend) { 4513 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4514 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4515 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4516 return 0; 4517 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4518 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4519 Previous)) 4520 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4521 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4522 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4524 } 4525 4526 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4527 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4528 Redeclaration); 4529 4530 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4531 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4532 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4533 4534 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4535 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4536 : NewFD); 4537 4538 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4539 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4540 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4541 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4542 4543 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4544 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4545 4546 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4547 } 4548 4549 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4550 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4551 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4552 4553 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4554 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4555 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4556 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4557 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4558 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4559 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4560 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4561 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4562 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4563 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4564 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4565 DC->isDependentContext()) 4566 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4567 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4568 } 4569 4570 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4571 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4572 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4573 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4574 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4575 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4576 4577 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4578 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4579 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4580 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4581 4582 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4583 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4584 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4585 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4586 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4587 // can actually do this check immediately. 4588 if (isFriend && 4589 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4590 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4591 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4592 // ignore these 4593 } else { 4594 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4595 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4596 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4597 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4598 // 4599 // class X { 4600 // void f() const; 4601 // }; 4602 // 4603 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4604 // 4605 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4606 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4607 // whether the parameter types are references). 4608 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4609 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4610 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4611 4612 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4613 } 4614 4615 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4616 // to something. 4617 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4618 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4619 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4620 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4621 } 4622 4623 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4624 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4625 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4626 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4627 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4628 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4629 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4630 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4631 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4632 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4633 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4634 } 4635 } 4636 4637 4638 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4639 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4640 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4641 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4642 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4643 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4644 4645 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4646 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4647 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4648 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4649 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4650 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4651 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4652 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4653 } 4654 } 4655 4656 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4657 4658 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4659 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4660 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4661 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4662 << NewFD; 4663 4664 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4665 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4666 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4667 EPI.Variadic = true; 4668 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4669 4670 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4671 NewFD->setType(R); 4672 } 4673 4674 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4675 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4676 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4677 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4678 4679 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4680 // map of such names. 4681 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4682 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4683 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4684 4685 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4686 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4687 4688 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4689 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4690 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4691 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4692 return FunctionTemplate; 4693 } 4694 } 4695 4696 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4697 4698 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4699 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4700 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4701 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4702 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4703 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4704 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4705 4706 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4707 } 4708 } 4709 4710 return NewFD; 4711} 4712 4713/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4714/// 4715/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4716/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4717/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4718/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4719/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4720/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4721/// via InstantiateDecl). 4722/// 4723/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4724/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4725/// 4726/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4727void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4728 LookupResult &Previous, 4729 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4730 bool &Redeclaration) { 4731 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4732 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4733 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4734 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4735 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4736 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4737 4738 return; 4739 } 4740 4741 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4742 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4743 // because all functions have linkage. 4744 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4745 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4746 } 4747 4748 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4749 CheckMain(NewFD); 4750 4751 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4752 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4753 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4754 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4755 // declaration with the same name. 4756 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4757 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4758 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4759 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4760 } 4761 4762 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4763 // the same name, if appropriate. 4764 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4765 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4766 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4767 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4768 // function to the scope. 4769 4770 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4771 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4772 Redeclaration = true; 4773 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4774 } else { 4775 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4776 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4777 case Ovl_Match: 4778 Redeclaration = true; 4779 break; 4780 4781 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4782 Redeclaration = true; 4783 break; 4784 4785 case Ovl_Overload: 4786 Redeclaration = false; 4787 break; 4788 } 4789 4790 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4791 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4792 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4793 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4794 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4795 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4796 if (Redeclaration) 4797 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4798 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4799 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4800 if (OverloadedDecl) 4801 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4802 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4803 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4804 Context)); 4805 } 4806 } 4807 4808 if (Redeclaration) { 4809 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4810 // merged. 4811 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4812 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4813 4814 Previous.clear(); 4815 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4816 4817 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4818 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4819 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4820 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4821 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4822 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4823 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4824 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4825 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4826 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4827 } 4828 4829 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4830 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4831 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4832 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4833 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4834 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4835 } 4836 } else { 4837 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4838 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4839 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4840 } 4841 } 4842 } 4843 4844 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4845 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4846 // C++-specific checks. 4847 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4848 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4849 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4850 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4851 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4852 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4853 4854 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4855 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4856 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4857 DeclarationName Name 4858 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4859 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4860 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4861 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4862 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4863 } 4864 } 4865 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4866 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4867 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4868 } 4869 4870 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4871 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4872 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4873 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4874 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4875 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4876 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4877 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4878 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4879 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4880 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4881 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4882 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4883 ++Overridden) { 4884 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4885 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4886 } 4887 } 4888 } 4889 } 4890 } 4891 4892 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4893 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4894 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4895 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4896 4897 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4898 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4899 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4900 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4901 4902 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4903 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4904 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4905 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4906 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4907 4908 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4909 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4910 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4911 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4912 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4913 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4914 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4915 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4916 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4917 } 4918 } 4919 } 4920} 4921 4922void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4923 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4924 // or static is ill-formed. 4925 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4926 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4927 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4928 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4929 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4930 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4931 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4932 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4933 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4934 4935 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4936 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4937 } 4938 4939 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4940 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4941 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4942 4943 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4944 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4945 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4946 } 4947 4948 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4949 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4950 4951 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4952 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4953 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4954 4955 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4956 4957 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4958 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4959 // getting shifty. 4960 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 4961 HasExtraParameters = false; 4962 4963 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4964 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4965 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4966 nparams = 3; 4967 } 4968 4969 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4970 // if we had some location information about types. 4971 4972 QualType CharPP = 4973 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4974 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4975 4976 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4977 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4978 4979 bool mismatch = true; 4980 4981 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4982 mismatch = false; 4983 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4984 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4985 // char const ** 4986 // char const * const * 4987 // char * const * 4988 4989 QualifierCollector qs; 4990 const PointerType* PT; 4991 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4992 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4993 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4994 qs.removeConst(); 4995 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4996 } 4997 } 4998 4999 if (mismatch) { 5000 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5001 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5002 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5003 } 5004 } 5005 5006 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5007 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5008 } 5009 5010 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5011 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5012 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5013 } 5014} 5015 5016bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5017 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5018 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5019 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5020 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5021 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5022 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5023 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5024 // rules there don't matter.) 5025 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5026 return false; 5027 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5028 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5029 return true; 5030} 5031 5032namespace { 5033 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5034 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5035 class SelfReferenceChecker 5036 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5037 Sema &S; 5038 Decl *OrigDecl; 5039 5040 public: 5041 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5042 5043 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5044 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5045 5046 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5047 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5048 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5049 } 5050 5051 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5052 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5053 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5054 } 5055 5056 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5057 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5058 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5059 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5060 if (!DRE) return; 5061 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5062 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5063 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5064 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5065 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5066 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5067 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 5068 } 5069 }; 5070} 5071 5072/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5073/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5074/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5075void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5076 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5077 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5078 // the initializer. 5079 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5080 return; 5081 5082 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5083 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5084 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5085 // by a dataflow analysis. 5086 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5087 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5088 } 5089 else { 5090 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5091 } 5092 5093 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5094 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5095 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5096 // Thus this grotesque test. 5097 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5098 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5099 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5100 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5101 else { 5102 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5103 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5104 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5105 } 5106 return; 5107 } 5108 5109 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5110 if (!VDecl) { 5111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5112 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 5113 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 5114 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 5115 else 5116 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5117 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5118 return; 5119 } 5120 5121 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5122 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5123 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5124 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5125 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5126 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5127 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5128 if (!DeducedType) { 5129 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5130 return; 5131 } 5132 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5133 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5134 5135 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5136 // the previously declared type. 5137 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5138 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5139 } 5140 5141 5142 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5143 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5144 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5145 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5146 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5147 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5148 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5149 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5150 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5151 return; 5152 } 5153 5154 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5155 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5156 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5157 AbstractVariableType)) 5158 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5159 5160 const VarDecl *Def; 5161 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5162 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5163 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5164 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5165 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5166 return; 5167 } 5168 5169 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5171 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5172 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5173 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5174 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5175 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5176 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5177 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5178 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5179 // 5180 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5181 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5182 // declaration with an initializer. 5183 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5184 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5185 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5186 return; 5187 } 5188 5189 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5190 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5191 5192 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5193 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5194 return; 5195 } 5196 } 5197 5198 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5199 // initialization. 5200 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5201 5202 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5203 InitializationKind Kind 5204 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5205 Init->getLocStart(), 5206 Init->getLocEnd()) 5207 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5208 Init->getLocStart()); 5209 5210 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5211 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5212 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5213 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5214 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5215 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5216 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5217 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5218 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5219 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5220 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5221 &DclT); 5222 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5223 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5224 return; 5225 } 5226 5227 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5228 5229 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5230 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5231 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5232 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5233 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5234 } 5235 } 5236 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5237 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5238 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5239 // 5240 // struct S { 5241 // static const int value = 17; 5242 // }; 5243 5244 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5245 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5246 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5247 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5248 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5249 &DclT); 5250 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5251 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5252 return; 5253 } 5254 5255 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5256 } 5257 5258 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5259 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5260 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5261 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5262 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5263 5264 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5265 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5266 5267 // Require constness. 5268 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5269 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5270 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5271 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5272 5273 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5274 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5275 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 5276 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5277 llvm::APSInt Value; 5278 SourceLocation Loc; 5279 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 5280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5281 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5282 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5283 } 5284 } 5285 5286 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5287 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5288 // implement fully. 5289 } else { 5290 bool Allowed = false; 5291 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5292 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5293 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5294 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5295 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5296 Allowed = true; 5297 } 5298 5299 if (!Allowed) { 5300 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5301 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5302 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5303 5304 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5305 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5306 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5307 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5308 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5309 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5310 } 5311 } 5312 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5313 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5314 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5315 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5316 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5317 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5318 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5319 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5320 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5321 &DclT); 5322 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5323 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5324 return; 5325 } 5326 5327 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5328 } 5329 5330 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5331 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5332 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5333 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5334 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5335 } 5336 } 5337 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5338 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5339 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5340 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5341 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5342 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5343 Init->setType(DclT); 5344 } 5345 5346 5347 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5348 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5349 // global/static definition. 5350 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5351 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5352 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5353 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5354 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5355 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5356 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5357 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5358 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5359 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5360 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5361 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5362 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5363 } 5364 } 5365 } 5366 5367 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5368 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5369 5370 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5371 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5372 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5373 5374 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5375} 5376 5377/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5378/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5379/// of sanity. 5380void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5381 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5382 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5383 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5384 5385 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5386 if (!VD) return; 5387 5388 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5389 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5390 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5391 return; 5392 } 5393 5394 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5395 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5396 5397 // Require a complete type. 5398 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5399 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5400 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5401 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5402 return; 5403 } 5404 5405 // Require an abstract type. 5406 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5407 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5408 AbstractVariableType)) { 5409 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5410 return; 5411 } 5412 5413 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5414 // though. 5415} 5416 5417void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5418 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5419 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5420 if (RealDecl == 0) 5421 return; 5422 5423 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5424 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5425 5426 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5427 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5428 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5429 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5430 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5431 return; 5432 } 5433 5434 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5435 case VarDecl::Definition: 5436 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5437 break; 5438 5439 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5440 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5441 // a declaration. 5442 // 5443 // Fall through 5444 5445 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5446 // It's only a declaration. 5447 5448 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5449 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5450 // object shall be complete. 5451 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5452 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5453 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5454 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5455 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5456 5457 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5458 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5459 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5460 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5461 AbstractVariableType)) 5462 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5463 return; 5464 5465 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5466 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5467 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5468 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5469 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5470 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5471 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5472 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5473 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5474 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5475 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5476 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5477 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5478 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5479 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5480 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5481 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5482 // NOTE: code such as the following 5483 // static struct s; 5484 // struct s { int a; }; 5485 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5486 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5487 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5488 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5489 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5490 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5491 } 5492 } 5493 5494 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5495 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5496 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5497 return; 5498 } 5499 5500 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5501 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5502 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5503 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5504 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5505 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5506 return; 5507 } 5508 5509 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5510 // definitions with reference type. 5511 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5512 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5513 << Var->getDeclName() 5514 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5515 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5516 return; 5517 } 5518 5519 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5520 // variable with dependent type. 5521 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5522 return; 5523 5524 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5525 return; 5526 5527 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5528 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5529 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5530 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5531 return; 5532 } 5533 5534 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5535 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5536 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5537 AbstractVariableType)) { 5538 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5539 return; 5540 } 5541 5542 const RecordType *Record 5543 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5544 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5545 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5546 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5547 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5548 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5549 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5550 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5551 // type shall have a user-declared default 5552 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5553 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5554 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5555 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5556 // program is ill-formed. 5557 } else { 5558 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5559 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5560 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5562 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5563 5564 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5565 InitializationKind Kind 5566 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5567 5568 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5569 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5570 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5571 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5572 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5573 else if (Init.get()) 5574 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5575 } 5576 5577 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5578 } 5579} 5580 5581void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5582 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5583 if (!VD) { 5584 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5585 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5586 return; 5587 } 5588 5589 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5590 5591 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5592 int Error = -1; 5593 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5594 case SC_None: 5595 break; 5596 case SC_Extern: 5597 Error = 0; 5598 break; 5599 case SC_Static: 5600 Error = 1; 5601 break; 5602 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5603 Error = 2; 5604 break; 5605 case SC_Auto: 5606 Error = 3; 5607 break; 5608 case SC_Register: 5609 Error = 4; 5610 break; 5611 } 5612 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5613 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5614 // Error = 5; 5615 if (Error != -1) { 5616 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5617 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5618 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5619 } 5620} 5621 5622void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5623 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5624 5625 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5626 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5627 5628 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5629 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5630 5631 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5632 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5633 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5634 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5635 5636 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5637 // constructing this copy. 5638 QualType type = var->getType(); 5639 5640 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5641 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5642 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5643 ExprResult result = 5644 PerformCopyInitialization( 5645 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5646 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5647 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5648 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5649 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5650 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5651 } 5652 } 5653 } 5654 5655 // Check for global constructors. 5656 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5657 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5658 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5659 var->getInit() && 5660 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5661 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5662 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5663 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5664 5665 // Require the destructor. 5666 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5667 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5668} 5669 5670/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5671/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5672void 5673Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5674 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5675 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5676} 5677 5678Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5679Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5680 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5681 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5682 5683 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5684 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5685 5686 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5687 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5688 Decls.push_back(D); 5689 5690 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5691 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5692} 5693 5694/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5695/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5696Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5697Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5698 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5699 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5700 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5701 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5702 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5703 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5704 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5705 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5706 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5707 QualType Deduced; 5708 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5709 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5710 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5711 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5712 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5713 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5714 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5715 break; 5716 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5717 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5718 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5719 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5720 Deduced = U; 5721 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5722 DeducedDecl = D; 5723 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5724 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5725 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5726 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5727 << U << D->getDeclName() 5728 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5729 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5730 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5731 break; 5732 } 5733 } 5734 } 5735 } 5736 } 5737 5738 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5739} 5740 5741 5742/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5743/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5744Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5745 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5746 5747 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5748 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5749 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5750 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5751 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5752 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5753 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5754 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5755 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5756 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5757 } 5758 5759 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5760 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5761 5762 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5763 5764 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5765 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5766 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5767 5768 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5769 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5770 // parameter. 5771 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5772 5773 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5774 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5775 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5776 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5777 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5778 } 5779 5780 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5781 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5782 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5783 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5784 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5785 } 5786 } 5787 5788 // Ensure we have a valid name 5789 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5790 if (D.hasName()) { 5791 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5792 if (!II) { 5793 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5794 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5795 D.setInvalidType(true); 5796 } 5797 } 5798 5799 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5800 if (II) { 5801 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5802 ForRedeclaration); 5803 LookupName(R, S); 5804 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5805 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5806 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5807 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5808 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5809 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5810 PrevDecl = 0; 5811 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5812 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5813 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5814 5815 // Recover by removing the name 5816 II = 0; 5817 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5818 D.setInvalidType(true); 5819 } 5820 } 5821 } 5822 5823 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5824 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5825 // looking like class members in C++. 5826 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5827 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5828 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5829 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5830 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5831 5832 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5833 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5834 5835 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5836 S->AddDecl(New); 5837 if (II) 5838 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5839 5840 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5841 5842 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5843 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5844 } 5845 return New; 5846} 5847 5848/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5849/// typedef. 5850ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5851 SourceLocation Loc, 5852 QualType T) { 5853 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5854 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5855 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5856 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5857 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5858 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5859 Param->setImplicit(); 5860 return Param; 5861} 5862 5863void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5864 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5865 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5866 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5867 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5868 return; 5869 5870 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5871 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5872 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5873 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5874 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5875 } 5876 } 5877} 5878 5879void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5880 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5881 QualType ReturnTy, 5882 NamedDecl *D) { 5883 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5884 return; 5885 5886 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5887 // threshold. 5888 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5889 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5890 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5891 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5892 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5893 } 5894 5895 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5896 // threshold. 5897 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5898 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5899 if (!T->isPODType()) 5900 continue; 5901 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5902 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5903 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5904 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5905 } 5906} 5907 5908ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5909 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5910 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5911 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5912 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5913 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5914 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5915 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5916 0); 5917 5918 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5919 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5920 // the class has been completely parsed. 5921 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5922 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5923 AbstractParamType)) 5924 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5925 5926 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5927 // passed by reference. 5928 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5929 Diag(NameLoc, 5930 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5931 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5932 } 5933 5934 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5935 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5936 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5937 // an address space. 5938 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5939 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5940 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5941 } 5942 5943 return New; 5944} 5945 5946void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5947 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5948 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5949 5950 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5951 // for a K&R function. 5952 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5953 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5954 --i; 5955 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5956 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5957 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5958 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5959 << ";\n"; 5960 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5961 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5962 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5963 5964 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5965 // type. 5966 AttributeFactory attrs; 5967 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 5968 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5969 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5970 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5971 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5972 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5973 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5974 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5975 } 5976 } 5977 } 5978} 5979 5980Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5981 Declarator &D) { 5982 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5983 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5984 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5985 5986 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5987 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5988 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5989 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5990} 5991 5992static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5993 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5994 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5995 return false; 5996 5997 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5998 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5999 return false; 6000 6001 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6002 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6003 return false; 6004 6005 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6006 if (FD->isMain()) 6007 return false; 6008 6009 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6010 if (FD->isInlined()) 6011 return false; 6012 6013 // Don't warn about function templates. 6014 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6015 return false; 6016 6017 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6018 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6019 return false; 6020 6021 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6022 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6023 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6024 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6025 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6026 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6027 continue; 6028 6029 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6030 break; 6031 } 6032 6033 return MissingPrototype; 6034} 6035 6036void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6037 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6038 // was an extern inline function. 6039 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6040 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 6041 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6042 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6043 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6044 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6045 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6046 else 6047 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6048 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6049 } 6050} 6051 6052Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6053 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6054 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6055 6056 if (!D) 6057 return D; 6058 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6059 6060 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6061 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6062 else 6063 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6064 6065 // Enter a new function scope 6066 PushFunctionScope(); 6067 6068 // See if this is a redefinition. 6069 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6070 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6071 6072 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6073 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6074 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6075 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6076 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6077 } 6078 } 6079 6080 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6081 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6082 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6083 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6084 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6085 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6086 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6087 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6088 6089 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6090 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6091 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6092 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6093 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6094 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6095 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6096 6097 if (FnBodyScope) 6098 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6099 6100 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6101 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6102 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6103 6104 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6105 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6106 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6107 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6108 6109 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6110 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6111 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6112 6113 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6114 } 6115 } 6116 6117 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6118 // dllimport attribute. 6119 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6120 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6121 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6122 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6123 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6124 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6126 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6127 << "dllimport"; 6128 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6129 return FD; 6130 } 6131 6132 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6133 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6134 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6135 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6136 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6137 // emitted. 6138 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6139 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6140 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6141 } 6142 } 6143 return FD; 6144} 6145 6146/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6147/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6148/// optimization. 6149/// 6150/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6151/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6152/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6153/// use the named return value optimization. 6154/// 6155/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6156/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6157/// the NRVO variable. 6158/// 6159/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6160/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6161/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6162static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6163 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6164 6165 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6166 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6167 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6168 return; 6169 6170 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6171 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6172 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6173 return; 6174 } 6175 6176 if (NRVOCandidate) 6177 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6178} 6179 6180Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6181 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6182} 6183 6184Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6185 bool IsInstantiation) { 6186 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6187 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6188 if (FunTmpl) 6189 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6190 else 6191 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6192 6193 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6194 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6195 6196 if (FD) { 6197 FD->setBody(Body); 6198 if (FD->isMain()) { 6199 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6200 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6201 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6202 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6203 } 6204 6205 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6206 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6207 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6208 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6209 6210 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6211 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6212 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6213 6214 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6215 } 6216 6217 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6218 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6219 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6220 MD->setBody(Body); 6221 if (Body) 6222 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6223 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6224 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6225 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6226 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6227 } 6228 } else { 6229 return 0; 6230 } 6231 6232 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6233 if (Body) { 6234 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6235 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6236 // Verify this. 6237 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6238 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6239 6240 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6241 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6242 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6243 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6244 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 6245 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6246 6247 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6248 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6249 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6250 6251 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6252 Destructor->getParent()); 6253 } 6254 6255 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6256 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6257 // deletion in some later function. 6258 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6259 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 6260 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6261 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6262 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6263 // enabled. 6264 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6265 } 6266 6267 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6268 } 6269 6270 if (!IsInstantiation) 6271 PopDeclContext(); 6272 6273 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6274 6275 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6276 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6277 // deletion in some later function. 6278 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 6279 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6280 6281 return dcl; 6282} 6283 6284/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6285/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6286NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6287 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6288 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6289 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6290 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6291 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6292 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6293 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6294 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6295 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6296 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6297 return Pos->second; 6298 } 6299 6300 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6301 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6302 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6303 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6304 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6305 else 6306 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6307 6308 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6309 const char *Dummy; 6310 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6311 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6312 unsigned DiagID; 6313 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6314 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6315 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6316 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6317 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6318 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6319 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6320 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6321 DS.getAttributes(), 6322 SourceLocation()); 6323 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6324 6325 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6326 6327 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6328 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6329 6330 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6331 FD->setImplicit(); 6332 6333 CurContext = PrevDC; 6334 6335 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6336 6337 return FD; 6338} 6339 6340/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6341/// the declaration of this function. 6342/// 6343/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6344/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6345/// like NSLog or printf. 6346void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6347 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6348 return; 6349 6350 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6351 // actual attributes. 6352 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6353 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6354 unsigned FormatIdx; 6355 bool HasVAListArg; 6356 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6357 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6358 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6359 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6360 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6361 } 6362 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6363 HasVAListArg)) { 6364 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6365 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6366 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6367 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6368 } 6369 6370 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6371 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6372 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6373 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6374 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6375 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6376 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6377 } 6378 6379 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6380 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6381 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6382 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6383 } 6384 6385 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6386 if (!Name) 6387 return; 6388 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6389 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6390 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6391 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6392 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6393 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6394 // about. 6395 } else 6396 return; 6397 6398 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6399 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6400 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6401 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6402 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6403 } else 6404 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6405 "printf", 1, 6406 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6407 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6408 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6409 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6410 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6411 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6412 "printf", 2, 6413 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6414 } 6415} 6416 6417TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6418 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6419 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6420 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6421 6422 if (!TInfo) { 6423 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6424 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6425 } 6426 6427 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6428 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6429 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6430 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6431 D.getIdentifier(), 6432 TInfo); 6433 6434 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6435 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6436 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6437 return NewTD; 6438 } 6439 6440 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6441 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6442 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6443 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6444 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6445 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6446 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6447 case TST_enum: 6448 case TST_struct: 6449 case TST_union: 6450 case TST_class: { 6451 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6452 6453 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6454 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6455 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6456 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6457 6458 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6459 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6460 6461 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6462 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6463 break; 6464 6465 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6466 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6467 break; 6468 } 6469 6470 default: 6471 break; 6472 } 6473 6474 return NewTD; 6475} 6476 6477 6478/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6479/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6480/// 6481/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6482bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6483 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6484 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6485 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6486 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6487 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6488 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6489 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6490 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6491 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6492 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6493 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6494 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6495 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6496 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6497 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6498 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6499 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6500 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6501 return true; 6502 6503 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6504 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6505 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6506 bool isTemplate = false; 6507 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6508 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6509 6510 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6511 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6512 << isTemplate << &Name 6513 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6514 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6515 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6516 return true; 6517 } 6518 return false; 6519} 6520 6521/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6522/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6523/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6524/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6525Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6526 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6527 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6528 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6529 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6530 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6531 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6532 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6533 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6534 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6535 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6536 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6537 6538 OwnedDecl = false; 6539 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6540 6541 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6542 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6543 bool Invalid = false; 6544 6545 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6546 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6547 // for non-C++ cases. 6548 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6549 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6550 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6551 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6552 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6553 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6554 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6555 isExplicitSpecialization, 6556 Invalid)) { 6557 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6558 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6559 // be a member of another template). 6560 6561 if (Invalid) 6562 return 0; 6563 6564 OwnedDecl = false; 6565 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6566 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6567 TemplateParams, AS, 6568 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6569 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6570 return Result.get(); 6571 } else { 6572 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6573 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6574 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6575 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6576 } 6577 } 6578 } 6579 6580 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6581 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6582 // redeclaration. 6583 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6584 6585 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6586 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6587 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6588 // type, default to int. 6589 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6590 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6591 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6592 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6593 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6594 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6595 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6596 6597 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6598 6599 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6600 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6601 << T; 6602 // Recover by falling back to int. 6603 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6604 } 6605 6606 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6607 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6608 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6609 6610 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6611 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6612 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6613 } 6614 6615 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6616 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6617 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6618 6619 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6620 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6621 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6622 6623 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6624 6625 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6626 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6627 6628 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6629 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6630 Name = 0; 6631 goto CreateNewDecl; 6632 } 6633 6634 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6635 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6636 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6637 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6638 if (!DC) { 6639 IsDependent = true; 6640 return 0; 6641 } 6642 } else { 6643 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6644 if (!DC) { 6645 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6646 << SS.getRange(); 6647 return 0; 6648 } 6649 } 6650 6651 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6652 return 0; 6653 6654 SearchDC = DC; 6655 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6656 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6657 6658 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6659 return 0; 6660 6661 if (Previous.empty()) { 6662 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6663 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6664 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6665 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6666 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6667 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6668 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6669 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6670 IsDependent = true; 6671 return 0; 6672 } 6673 6674 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6675 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6676 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6677 Name = 0; 6678 Invalid = true; 6679 goto CreateNewDecl; 6680 } 6681 } else if (Name) { 6682 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6683 // declaration or definition. 6684 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6685 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6686 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6687 LookupName(Previous, S); 6688 6689 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6690 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6691 return 0; 6692 6693 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6694 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6695 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6696 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6697 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6698 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6699 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6700 } 6701 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6702 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6703 // initial context to the translation unit. 6704 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6705 } 6706 6707 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6708 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6709 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6710 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6711 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6712 Previous.clear(); 6713 } 6714 6715 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6716 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6717 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6718 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6719 6720 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6721 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6722 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6723 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6724 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6725 } 6726 } 6727 6728 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6729 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6730 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6731 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6732 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6733 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6734 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6735 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6736 6737 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6738 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6739 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6740 // 6741 // class-key identifier 6742 // 6743 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6744 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6745 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6746 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6747 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6748 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6749 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6750 // declaration. 6751 // 6752 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6753 // C structs and unions. 6754 // 6755 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6756 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6757 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6758 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6759 // 6760 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6761 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6762 // 6763 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6764 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6765 // lexical context, 6766 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6767 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6768 6769 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6770 while (S->isClassScope() || 6771 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6772 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6773 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6774 (S->getEntity() && 6775 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6776 S = S->getParent(); 6777 } else { 6778 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6779 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6780 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6781 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6782 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6783 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6784 } 6785 6786 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6787 // diagnose some problems. 6788 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6789 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6790 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6791 } 6792 } 6793 6794 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6795 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6796 6797 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6798 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6799 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6800 // in C++. 6801 // 6802 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6803 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6804 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6805 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6806 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6807 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6808 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6809 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6810 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6811 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6812 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6813 PrevDecl = Tag; 6814 Previous.clear(); 6815 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6816 Previous.resolveKind(); 6817 } 6818 } 6819 } 6820 } 6821 6822 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6823 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6824 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6825 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6826 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6827 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6828 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6829 // struct or something similar. 6830 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6831 bool SafeToContinue 6832 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6833 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6834 if (SafeToContinue) 6835 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6836 << Name 6837 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6838 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6839 else 6840 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6841 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6842 6843 if (SafeToContinue) 6844 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6845 else { 6846 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6847 Name = 0; 6848 Previous.clear(); 6849 Invalid = true; 6850 } 6851 } 6852 6853 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6854 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6855 6856 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6857 // returning the previous declaration. 6858 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6859 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6860 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6861 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6862 return PrevTagDecl; 6863 } 6864 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6865 QualType T; 6866 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6867 T = TI->getType(); 6868 else 6869 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6870 6871 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6872 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6873 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6874 << T 6875 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6876 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6877 return PrevTagDecl; 6878 } 6879 } 6880 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6881 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6882 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6883 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6884 return PrevTagDecl; 6885 } 6886 } 6887 6888 if (!Invalid) { 6889 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6890 6891 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6892 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6893 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6894 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6895 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6896 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6897 return PrevTagDecl; 6898 6899 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6900 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6901 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6902 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6903 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6904 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6905 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6906 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6907 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6908 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6909 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6910 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6911 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6912 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6913 // references get the previous definition. 6914 Name = 0; 6915 Previous.clear(); 6916 Invalid = true; 6917 } 6918 } else { 6919 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6920 // about a nested redefinition. 6921 const TagType *Tag 6922 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6923 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6924 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6925 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6926 diag::note_previous_definition); 6927 Name = 0; 6928 Previous.clear(); 6929 Invalid = true; 6930 } 6931 } 6932 6933 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6934 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6935 } 6936 } 6937 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6938 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6939 6940 } else { 6941 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6942 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6943 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6944 // have distinct types. 6945 Previous.clear(); 6946 } 6947 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6948 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6949 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6950 6951 6952 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6953 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6954 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6955 } else { 6956 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6957 6958 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6959 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6960 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6961 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6962 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6963 unsigned Kind = 0; 6964 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6965 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6966 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6967 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6968 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6969 Invalid = true; 6970 6971 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6972 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6973 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6974 // do nothing 6975 6976 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6977 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6978 unsigned Kind = 0; 6979 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6980 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6981 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6982 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6983 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6984 Invalid = true; 6985 6986 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6987 // case here. 6988 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6989 unsigned Kind = 0; 6990 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6991 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6992 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 6993 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6994 Invalid = true; 6995 6996 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6997 } else { 6998 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6999 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7000 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7001 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7002 Name = 0; 7003 Invalid = true; 7004 } 7005 7006 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7007 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7008 Previous.clear(); 7009 } 7010 } 7011 7012CreateNewDecl: 7013 7014 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7015 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7016 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7017 7018 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7019 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7020 // keyword. 7021 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7022 7023 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7024 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7025 // PrevDecl. 7026 TagDecl *New; 7027 7028 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7029 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7030 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7031 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7032 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7033 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7034 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7035 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7036 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7037 TagDecl *Def; 7038 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7039 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7040 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7041 } 7042 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7043 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7044 << New; 7045 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7046 } else { 7047 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7048 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7049 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7050 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7051 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7052 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7053 7054 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7055 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7056 // the declaration context. 7057 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7058 IsForwardReference = true; 7059 } 7060 } 7061 7062 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7063 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7064 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7065 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7066 else 7067 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7068 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7069 } 7070 7071 } else { 7072 // struct/union/class 7073 7074 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7075 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7077 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7078 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7079 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7080 7081 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7082 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7083 } else 7084 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7085 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7086 } 7087 7088 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7089 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7090 if (SS.isSet()) { 7091 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7092 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7093 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7094 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7095 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7096 } 7097 } 7098 else 7099 Invalid = true; 7100 } 7101 7102 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7103 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7104 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7105 // 7106 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7107 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7108 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7109 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7110 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7111 // parsing of the struct). 7112 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7113 7114 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7115 } 7116 7117 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7118 // check the specialization. 7119 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7120 Invalid = true; 7121 7122 if (Invalid) 7123 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7124 7125 if (Attr) 7126 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7127 7128 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7129 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7130 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7131 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7132 7133 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7134 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7135 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7136 7137 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7138 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7139 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 7140 7141 // Set the access specifier. 7142 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7143 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7144 7145 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7146 New->startDefinition(); 7147 7148 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7149 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7150 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7151 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7152 if (PrevDecl) 7153 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7154 7155 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7156 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7157 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7158 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7159 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7160 } else if (Name) { 7161 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7162 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7163 if (IsForwardReference) 7164 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7165 7166 } else { 7167 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7168 } 7169 7170 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7171 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7172 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7173 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7174 II->isStr("FILE")) 7175 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7176 7177 OwnedDecl = true; 7178 return New; 7179} 7180 7181void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7182 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7183 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7184 7185 // Enter the tag context. 7186 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7187} 7188 7189void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7190 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7191 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7192 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7193 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7194 7195 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7196 7197 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7198 return; 7199 7200 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7201 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7202 7203 // C++ [class]p2: 7204 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7205 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7206 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7207 // as if it were a public member name. 7208 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7209 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7210 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7211 Record->getIdentifier(), 7212 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7213 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7214 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7215 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7216 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7217 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7218 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7219 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7220 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7221 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7222} 7223 7224void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7225 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7226 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7227 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7228 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7229 7230 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7231 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7232 7233 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7234 PopDeclContext(); 7235 7236 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7237 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7238} 7239 7240void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7241 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7242 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7243 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7244 7245 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7246 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7247 // the FieldCollector. 7248 7249 PopDeclContext(); 7250} 7251 7252// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7253bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7254 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7255 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7256 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7257 if (ZeroWidth) 7258 *ZeroWidth = true; 7259 7260 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7261 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7262 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7263 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7264 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7265 return true; 7266 if (FieldName) 7267 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7268 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7269 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7270 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7271 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7272 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7273 return true; 7274 7275 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7276 // it now. 7277 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7278 return false; 7279 7280 llvm::APSInt Value; 7281 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7282 return true; 7283 7284 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7285 *ZeroWidth = false; 7286 7287 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7288 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7289 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7290 7291 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7292 if (FieldName) 7293 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7294 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7295 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7296 << Value.toString(10); 7297 } 7298 7299 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7300 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7301 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7302 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7303 if (FieldName) 7304 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7305 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7306 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7307 7308 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7309 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7310 } 7311 7312 if (FieldName) 7313 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7314 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7315 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7316 else 7317 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7318 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7319 } 7320 } 7321 7322 return false; 7323} 7324 7325/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7326/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7327Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7328 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7329 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7330 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7331 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7332 AS_public); 7333 return Res; 7334} 7335 7336/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7337/// 7338FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7339 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7340 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7341 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7342 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7343 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7344 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7345 7346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7347 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7349 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7350 7351 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7352 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7353 D.setInvalidType(); 7354 T = Context.IntTy; 7355 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7356 } 7357 } 7358 7359 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7360 7361 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7362 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7363 7364 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7365 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7366 LookupName(Previous, S); 7367 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7368 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7369 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7370 7371 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7372 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7373 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7374 7375 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7376 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7377 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7378 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7379 PrevDecl = 0; 7380 } 7381 7382 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7383 PrevDecl = 0; 7384 7385 bool Mutable 7386 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7387 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7388 FieldDecl *NewFD 7389 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7390 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7391 7392 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7393 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7394 7395 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7396 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7397 // with the same name in the same scope. 7398 } else if (II) { 7399 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7400 } else 7401 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7402 7403 return NewFD; 7404} 7405 7406/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7407/// 7408/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7409/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7410/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7411/// created. 7412/// 7413/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7414/// 7415/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7416FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7417 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7418 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7419 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7420 SourceLocation TSSL, 7421 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7422 Declarator *D) { 7423 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7424 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7425 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7426 7427 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7428 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7429 if (T.isNull()) { 7430 InvalidDecl = true; 7431 T = Context.IntTy; 7432 } 7433 7434 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7435 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7436 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7437 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7438 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7439 InvalidDecl = true; 7440 } 7441 7442 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7443 // than a variably modified type. 7444 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7445 bool SizeIsNegative; 7446 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7447 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7448 SizeIsNegative, 7449 Oversized); 7450 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7451 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7452 T = FixedTy; 7453 } else { 7454 if (SizeIsNegative) 7455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7456 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7458 << Oversized.toString(10); 7459 else 7460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7461 InvalidDecl = true; 7462 } 7463 } 7464 7465 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7466 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7467 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7468 AbstractFieldType)) 7469 InvalidDecl = true; 7470 7471 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7472 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7473 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7474 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7475 InvalidDecl = true; 7476 BitWidth = 0; 7477 ZeroWidth = false; 7478 } 7479 7480 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7481 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7482 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7483 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7484 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7485 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7486 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7487 7488 if (DiagID) { 7489 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7490 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7491 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7492 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7493 Mutable = false; 7494 InvalidDecl = true; 7495 } 7496 } 7497 7498 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7499 BitWidth, Mutable); 7500 if (InvalidDecl) 7501 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7502 7503 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7504 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7505 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7506 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7507 } 7508 7509 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7510 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7511 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7512 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7513 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7514 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7515 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7516 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7517 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7518 // objects. 7519 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7520 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7521 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7522 } 7523 } 7524 7525 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7526 // the program is ill-formed. 7527 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7528 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7529 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7530 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7531 } 7532 } 7533 } 7534 7535 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7536 // representation, not a parser representation. 7537 if (D) 7538 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7539 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7540 7541 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7542 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7543 7544 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7545 return NewFD; 7546} 7547 7548bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7549 assert(FD); 7550 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7551 7552 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7553 return true; 7554 7555 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7556 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7557 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7558 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7559 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7560 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7561 // copy constructors. 7562 7563 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7564 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7565 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7566 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7567 member = CXXConstructor; 7568 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7569 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7570 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7571 member = CXXDestructor; 7572 7573 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7574 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7575 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7576 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7577 return true; 7578 } 7579 } 7580 } 7581 7582 return false; 7583} 7584 7585/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7586/// special member, figure out why. 7587void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7588 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7589 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7590 7591 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7592 switch (member) { 7593 case CXXInvalid: 7594 break; 7595 7596 case CXXConstructor: 7597 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7598 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7599 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7600 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7601 ci->hasBody(body); 7602 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7603 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7604 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7605 return; 7606 } 7607 } 7608 7609 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7610 return; 7611 } 7612 break; 7613 7614 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7615 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7616 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7617 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7618 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7619 return; 7620 } 7621 break; 7622 7623 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7624 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7625 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7626 // assignment, not the type. 7627 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7628 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7629 return; 7630 } 7631 break; 7632 7633 case CXXDestructor: 7634 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7635 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7636 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7637 return; 7638 } 7639 break; 7640 } 7641 7642 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7643 7644 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7645 // but not trivial destruction. 7646 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7647 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7648 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7649 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7650 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7651 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7652 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7653 return; 7654 } 7655 7656 // Check for virtual methods. 7657 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7658 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7659 ++mi) { 7660 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7661 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7662 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7663 return; 7664 } 7665 } 7666 } 7667 7668 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7669 switch (member) { 7670 case CXXConstructor: 7671 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7672 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7673 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7674 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7675 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7676 case CXXDestructor: 7677 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7678 default: 7679 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7680 } 7681 7682 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7683 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7684 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7685 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7687 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7688 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7689 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7690 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7691 return; 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7696 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7697 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7698 ++fi) { 7699 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7700 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7701 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7702 7703 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7704 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7705 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7706 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7707 return; 7708 } 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7713} 7714 7715/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7716/// AST enum value. 7717static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7718TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7719 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7720 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7721 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7722 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7723 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7724 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7725 } 7726} 7727 7728/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7729/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7730Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7731 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7732 Decl *IntfDecl, 7733 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7734 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7735 7736 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7737 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7738 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7739 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7740 7741 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7742 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7743 7744 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7745 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7746 7747 if (BitWidth) { 7748 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7749 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7750 D.setInvalidType(); 7751 BitWidth = 0; 7752 } 7753 } else { 7754 // Not a bitfield. 7755 7756 // validate II. 7757 7758 } 7759 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7760 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7761 D.setInvalidType(); 7762 } 7763 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7764 // than a variably modified type. 7765 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7767 D.setInvalidType(); 7768 } 7769 7770 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7771 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7772 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7773 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7774 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7775 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7776 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7777 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7778 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7779 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7780 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7781 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7782 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7783 } 7784 else 7785 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7786 } else { 7787 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7788 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7789 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7790 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7791 return 0; 7792 } 7793 } 7794 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7795 } 7796 7797 // Construct the decl. 7798 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7799 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7800 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7801 7802 if (II) { 7803 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7804 ForRedeclaration); 7805 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7806 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7808 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7809 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 } 7811 } 7812 7813 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7814 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7815 7816 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7817 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7818 7819 if (II) { 7820 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7821 // these to the interface. 7822 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7823 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7824 } 7825 7826 return NewID; 7827} 7828 7829/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7830/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7831/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7832/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7833void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7834 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7835 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7836 return; 7837 7838 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7839 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7840 7841 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7842 return; 7843 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7844 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7845 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7846 return; 7847 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7848 if (!ID) { 7849 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7850 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7851 return; 7852 } 7853 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7854 else 7855 return; 7856 } 7857 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7858 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7859 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7860 7861 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7862 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7863 Context.CharTy, 7864 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7865 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7866 true); 7867 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7868} 7869 7870void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7871 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7872 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7873 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7874 AttributeList *Attr) { 7875 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7876 7877 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7878 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7879 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7880 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7881 return; 7882 } 7883 7884 7885 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7886 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7887 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7888 7889 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7890 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7891 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7892 7893 // Get the type for the field. 7894 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7895 7896 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7897 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7898 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7899 } 7900 7901 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7902 // diagnostics about it. 7903 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7904 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 continue; 7906 } 7907 7908 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7909 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7910 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7911 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7912 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7913 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7914 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7915 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7916 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7917 // array. 7918 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7919 // Field declared as a function. 7920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7921 << FD->getDeclName(); 7922 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7923 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7924 continue; 7925 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7926 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7927 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7928 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7929 // Flexible array member. 7930 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7931 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7932 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7933 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7934 if (Record->isUnion()) 7935 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7936 << FD->getDeclName(); 7937 else if (NumFields == 1) 7938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7939 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7940 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7941 if (Record->isUnion()) 7942 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7943 << FD->getDeclName(); 7944 else if (NumFields == 1) 7945 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7946 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7947 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7948 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7949 << FD->getDeclName(); 7950 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7951 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7952 continue; 7953 } 7954 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7955 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7956 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7957 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7958 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7959 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7960 continue; 7961 } 7962 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7963 if (Record) 7964 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7965 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7966 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7967 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7968 // Incomplete type 7969 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7970 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7971 continue; 7972 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7973 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7974 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7975 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7976 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7977 } else { 7978 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7979 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7980 // structures. 7981 if (i != NumFields-1) 7982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7983 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7984 else { 7985 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7986 // other structs as an extension. 7987 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7988 << FD->getDeclName(); 7989 if (Record) 7990 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7991 } 7992 } 7993 } 7994 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7995 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7996 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7997 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7998 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7999 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8000 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8001 continue; 8002 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8003 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8004 Record && 8005 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8006 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 8007 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8008 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8009 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8010 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 8011 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8012 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8013 } 8014 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8015 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8016 ++NumNamedMembers; 8017 } 8018 8019 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8020 if (Record) { 8021 bool Completed = false; 8022 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8023 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8024 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8025 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8026 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8027 I != E; ++I) 8028 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8029 8030 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8031 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8032 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8033 8034 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8035 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8036 // problem now. 8037 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8038 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8039 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8040 8041 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8042 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8043 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8044 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8045 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8046 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8047 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8048 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8049 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8050 continue; 8051 8052 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8053 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8054 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8055 // program is ill-formed. 8056 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8057 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8058 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8059 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8060 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8061 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8062 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8063 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8064 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8065 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8066 8067 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8068 } 8069 } 8070 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8071 Completed = true; 8072 } 8073 } 8074 } 8075 } 8076 8077 if (!Completed) 8078 Record->completeDefinition(); 8079 } else { 8080 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8081 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8082 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8083 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8084 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8085 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8086 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8087 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8088 } 8089 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8090 // duplicates. 8091 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8092 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8093 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8094 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8095 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8096 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8097 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8098 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8099 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8100 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8101 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8102 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8103 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8104 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8105 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8106 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8107 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8108 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8109 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8110 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8111 } 8112 } 8113 } 8114 8115 if (Attr) 8116 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8117 8118 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8119 // set the visibility of this record. 8120 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8121 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8122} 8123 8124/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8125/// the given type T. 8126static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8127 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8128 QualType T) { 8129 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8130 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8131 8132 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8133 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 8134 --BitWidth; 8135 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8136 } 8137 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8138} 8139 8140// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8141// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8142static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8143 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8144 // enum checking below. 8145 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8146 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8147 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8148 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8149 }; 8150 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8151 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8152 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8153 }; 8154 8155 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8156 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8157 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8158 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8159 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8160 return Types[I]; 8161 8162 return QualType(); 8163} 8164 8165EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8166 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8167 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8168 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8169 Expr *Val) { 8170 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8171 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8172 QualType EltTy; 8173 8174 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8175 Val = 0; 8176 8177 if (Val) { 8178 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8179 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8180 else { 8181 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8182 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8183 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8184 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8185 Val = 0; 8186 } else { 8187 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8188 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8189 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8190 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8191 // representable as an int. 8192 8193 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8194 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8195 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8196 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8197 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8198 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8199 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8200 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8201 } 8202 } 8203 8204 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8205 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8206 8207 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8208 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8209 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8210 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8211 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8212 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8213 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8214 } else 8215 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8216 << EltTy; 8217 } else 8218 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8219 } 8220 else { 8221 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8222 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8223 // is the type of its initializing value: 8224 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8225 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8226 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8227 } 8228 } 8229 } 8230 } 8231 8232 if (!Val) { 8233 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8234 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8235 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8236 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8237 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8238 // is the type of its initializing value: 8239 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8240 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8241 // 8242 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8243 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8244 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8245 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8246 } 8247 else { 8248 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8249 } 8250 } else { 8251 // Assign the last value + 1. 8252 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8253 ++EnumVal; 8254 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8255 8256 // Check for overflow on increment. 8257 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8258 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8259 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8260 // is the type of its initializing value: 8261 // 8262 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8263 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8264 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8265 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8266 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8267 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8268 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8269 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8270 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8271 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8272 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8273 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8274 ++EnumVal; 8275 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8276 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8277 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8278 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8279 << EltTy; 8280 else 8281 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8282 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8283 } else { 8284 EltTy = T; 8285 } 8286 8287 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8288 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8289 // value, then increment. 8290 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8291 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8292 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8293 ++EnumVal; 8294 8295 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8296 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8297 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8298 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8299 // integral type. 8300 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8301 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8302 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8303 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8304 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8305 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8306 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8307 } 8308 } 8309 } 8310 8311 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8312 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8313 // enumerator's type. 8314 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8315 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8316 } 8317 8318 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8319 Val, EnumVal); 8320} 8321 8322 8323Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8324 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8325 AttributeList *Attr, 8326 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8327 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8328 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8329 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8330 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8331 8332 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8333 // we find one that is. 8334 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8335 8336 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8337 // scope. 8338 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8339 ForRedeclaration); 8340 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8341 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8342 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8343 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8344 PrevDecl = 0; 8345 } 8346 8347 if (PrevDecl) { 8348 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8349 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8350 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8351 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8352 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8353 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8354 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8355 else 8356 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8357 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8358 return 0; 8359 } 8360 } 8361 8362 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8363 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8364 // name different from T: 8365 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8366 // type 8367 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8368 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8369 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8370 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8371 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8372 8373 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8374 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8375 8376 if (New) { 8377 // Process attributes. 8378 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8379 8380 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8381 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8382 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8383 } 8384 8385 return New; 8386} 8387 8388void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8389 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8390 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8391 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8392 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8393 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8394 8395 if (Attr) 8396 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8397 8398 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8399 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8400 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8401 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8402 if (!ECD) continue; 8403 8404 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8405 } 8406 8407 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8408 return; 8409 } 8410 8411 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8412 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8413 // emit a warning. 8414 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8415 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8416 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8417 8418 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8419 // reverse the list. 8420 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8421 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8422 8423 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8424 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8425 8426 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8427 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8428 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8429 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8430 8431 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8432 8433 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8434 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8435 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8436 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8437 else 8438 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8439 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8440 8441 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8442 if (AllElementsInt) 8443 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8444 } 8445 8446 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8447 QualType BestType; 8448 unsigned BestWidth; 8449 8450 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8451 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8452 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8453 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8454 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8455 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8456 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8457 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8458 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8459 QualType BestPromotionType; 8460 8461 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8462 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8463 // enum definitions. 8464 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8465 Packed = true; 8466 8467 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8468 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8469 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8470 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8471 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8472 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8473 } 8474 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8475 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8476 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8477 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8478 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8479 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8480 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8481 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8482 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8483 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8484 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8485 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8486 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8487 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8488 } else { 8489 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8490 8491 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8492 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8493 } else { 8494 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8495 8496 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8497 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8498 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8499 } 8500 } 8501 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8502 } else { 8503 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8504 // all of the enumerator values. 8505 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8506 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8507 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8508 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8509 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8510 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8511 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8512 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8513 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8514 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8515 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8516 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8517 BestPromotionType 8518 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8519 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8520 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8521 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8522 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8523 BestPromotionType 8524 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8525 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8526 } else { 8527 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8528 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8529 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8530 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8531 BestPromotionType 8532 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8533 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8534 } 8535 } 8536 8537 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8538 // the type of the enum if needed. 8539 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8540 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8541 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8542 8543 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8544 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8545 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8546 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8547 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8548 8549 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8550 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8551 8552 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8553 // the enum decl type. 8554 QualType NewTy; 8555 unsigned NewWidth; 8556 bool NewSign; 8557 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8558 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8559 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8560 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8561 NewSign = true; 8562 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8563 // Already the right type! 8564 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8565 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8566 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8567 // enumeration. 8568 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8569 continue; 8570 } else { 8571 NewTy = BestType; 8572 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8573 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8574 } 8575 8576 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8577 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8578 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8579 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8580 8581 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8582 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8583 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8584 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8585 CK_IntegralCast, 8586 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8587 /*base paths*/ 0, 8588 VK_RValue)); 8589 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8590 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8591 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8592 // enumeration. 8593 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8594 else 8595 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8596 } 8597 8598 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8599 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8600} 8601 8602Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8603 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8604 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8605 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8606 8607 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8608 AsmString, StartLoc, 8609 EndLoc); 8610 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8611 return New; 8612} 8613 8614void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8615 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8616 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8617 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8618 8619 if (PrevDecl) { 8620 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8621 } else { 8622 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8623 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8624 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8625 } 8626} 8627 8628void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8629 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8630 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8631 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8632 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8633 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8634 LookupOrdinaryName); 8635 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8636 8637 if (PrevDecl) { 8638 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8639 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8640 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8641 } else { 8642 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8643 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8644 } 8645} 8646